77

Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    0

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Tap amp Hold the screen to show the top bar

HOME Tap to return to the app home page

How to

use this

app

Tap amp Hold the screen to show the top bar

Swipe Horizontally to quickly navigate pagesTap selected page to View

Swipe

Horizontally

to go to the

next page

EDITORrsquoS NOTE

FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS

bull Green Seed Bead Earrings by PandaHall

bull Beaded Stitch Christmas Bell by PandaHall

bull FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING SUPPLIES

FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS

bull Poinsettia Earrings by Teresa

bull Christmas Bracelet by Liliana

bull Little Star Christmas Ornament by Pam

bull Glittering Stars by ZviaGil Designs

bull FIRE MOUNTAIN GEMS SUPPLY LIST

CONTENTS

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

CONTENTS

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

FEATURED ARTICLE

bull Jingle Your Jewelry

JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS

bull Christmas Scent by Lorraine

bull Snowflake Pendant by Debora

RECOMMENDED READINGS

bull Making Jewelry with Gemstone Beads

bull Convertible Crystal Jewelry Reverse it Twist it

Wear it Many Ways

bull 200 Beading Tips Techniques amp Trade Secrets

bull Build Your Own Wire Pendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47

Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom

Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom

Join The Fun

Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of

the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas

jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with

beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to

create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle

the people around you

Editorrsquos Note

Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making

Jane Chew

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Materials

- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 3mm Round Seed Beads

- 03mm Golden Copper Wires

- Golden Headpins

- Golden Jump Rings

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings

1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark

green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire

2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper

wire

4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire

Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads

6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step

to make more such patterns

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings

1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden

headpins

2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden

headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one

by one (as shown in the picture)

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the

green seed bead tree made in Step 1

4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead

5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green

seed beaded earrings

Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings

Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into

a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The

techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to

make numerous other crafts Just have a try

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 2: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

EDITORrsquoS NOTE

FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS

bull Green Seed Bead Earrings by PandaHall

bull Beaded Stitch Christmas Bell by PandaHall

bull FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING SUPPLIES

FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS

bull Poinsettia Earrings by Teresa

bull Christmas Bracelet by Liliana

bull Little Star Christmas Ornament by Pam

bull Glittering Stars by ZviaGil Designs

bull FIRE MOUNTAIN GEMS SUPPLY LIST

CONTENTS

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

CONTENTS

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

FEATURED ARTICLE

bull Jingle Your Jewelry

JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS

bull Christmas Scent by Lorraine

bull Snowflake Pendant by Debora

RECOMMENDED READINGS

bull Making Jewelry with Gemstone Beads

bull Convertible Crystal Jewelry Reverse it Twist it

Wear it Many Ways

bull 200 Beading Tips Techniques amp Trade Secrets

bull Build Your Own Wire Pendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47

Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom

Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom

Join The Fun

Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of

the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas

jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with

beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to

create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle

the people around you

Editorrsquos Note

Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making

Jane Chew

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Materials

- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 3mm Round Seed Beads

- 03mm Golden Copper Wires

- Golden Headpins

- Golden Jump Rings

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings

1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark

green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire

2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper

wire

4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire

Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads

6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step

to make more such patterns

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings

1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden

headpins

2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden

headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one

by one (as shown in the picture)

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the

green seed bead tree made in Step 1

4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead

5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green

seed beaded earrings

Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings

Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into

a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The

techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to

make numerous other crafts Just have a try

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 3: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

CONTENTS

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

FEATURED ARTICLE

bull Jingle Your Jewelry

JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS

bull Christmas Scent by Lorraine

bull Snowflake Pendant by Debora

RECOMMENDED READINGS

bull Making Jewelry with Gemstone Beads

bull Convertible Crystal Jewelry Reverse it Twist it

Wear it Many Ways

bull 200 Beading Tips Techniques amp Trade Secrets

bull Build Your Own Wire Pendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47

Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom

Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom

Join The Fun

Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of

the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas

jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with

beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to

create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle

the people around you

Editorrsquos Note

Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making

Jane Chew

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Materials

- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 3mm Round Seed Beads

- 03mm Golden Copper Wires

- Golden Headpins

- Golden Jump Rings

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings

1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark

green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire

2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper

wire

4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire

Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads

6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step

to make more such patterns

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings

1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden

headpins

2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden

headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one

by one (as shown in the picture)

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the

green seed bead tree made in Step 1

4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead

5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green

seed beaded earrings

Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings

Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into

a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The

techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to

make numerous other crafts Just have a try

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 4: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom

Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom

Join The Fun

Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of

the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas

jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with

beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to

create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle

the people around you

Editorrsquos Note

Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making

Jane Chew

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Materials

- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 3mm Round Seed Beads

- 03mm Golden Copper Wires

- Golden Headpins

- Golden Jump Rings

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings

1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark

green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire

2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper

wire

4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire

Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads

6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step

to make more such patterns

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings

1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden

headpins

2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden

headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one

by one (as shown in the picture)

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the

green seed bead tree made in Step 1

4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead

5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green

seed beaded earrings

Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings

Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into

a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The

techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to

make numerous other crafts Just have a try

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 5: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Materials

- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 3mm Round Seed Beads

- 03mm Golden Copper Wires

- Golden Headpins

- Golden Jump Rings

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings

1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark

green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire

2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper

wire

4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire

Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads

6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step

to make more such patterns

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings

1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden

headpins

2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden

headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one

by one (as shown in the picture)

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the

green seed bead tree made in Step 1

4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead

5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green

seed beaded earrings

Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings

Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into

a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The

techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to

make numerous other crafts Just have a try

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 6: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings

1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark

green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire

2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper

wire

4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire

Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads

6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step

to make more such patterns

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings

1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden

headpins

2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden

headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one

by one (as shown in the picture)

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the

green seed bead tree made in Step 1

4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead

5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green

seed beaded earrings

Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings

Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into

a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The

techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to

make numerous other crafts Just have a try

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 7: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings

1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden

headpins

2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden

headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one

by one (as shown in the picture)

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the

green seed bead tree made in Step 1

4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead

5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green

seed beaded earrings

Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings

Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into

a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The

techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to

make numerous other crafts Just have a try

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 8: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Green Seed Beaded Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 9: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads

- 2mm Green Seed Beads

- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads

- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads

- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads

- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants

- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp

- Silver Jump Rings

- Silver Eyepins

- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail

- 03mm Silver Copper Wire

- Stainless-Steel Scissor

- Needle Nose Plier

- Round Nose Plier

- Diagonal Plier

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 10: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead

and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost

4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)

2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone

glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead

on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a

4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the

upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm

clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and

tighten (as shown in the picture)

4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross

the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl

bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and

the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as

shown in the picture)

5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 11: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

7th repeat the above step once

8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm

clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl

bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the

bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass

bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the

picture)

10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make

another such pattern

11th repeat the above steps to make more such

patterns

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl

bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom

tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten

2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted

glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the

bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm

white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm

white round pearl bead in

sequence to the upper tiger

tail Then cross the upper tiger

tail through the 2mm white

round pearl bead (as shown in

the picture)

3rd repeat the above step

several times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 12: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail

5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow

faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm

yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)

6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the

silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the

red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)

8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the

picture)

Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft

1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop

with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead

2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads

by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 13: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through

another 2mm green seed bead

4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires

through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)

6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed

beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead

7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the

two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut

off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 14: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft

9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver

jump ring

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft

This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY

Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for

wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get

together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for

your tree

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 15: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pandahall Learning Center

Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works

Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom

Beaded Stitch

Christmas Bell

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 16: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Featured Jewelry Making Supplies

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is

absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects

Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls

feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal

A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye

lot

Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A

50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 17: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A

- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A

- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B

- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B

- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads

- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings

- Ear hooks

- Size 11 or 12 beading needle

- Thread of your choice

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 18: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect

decoration for the

season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning

poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of

sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)

Poinsettia Earrings

Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted

crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from

bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to

top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you

will use to attach the first round of brick stitch

Foundation

STEP 1

Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around

the bead then pass up through the second bead added

STEP 2

Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then

pass up through the bead just added

Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead

then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the

6 mm crystal

Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up

through the last bead added to lock them into position

ROW 1

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these

beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the

foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 19: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

ROW 2

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two

beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added

Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread

bridge again and back up the bead just added

Poinsettia Earrings

ROW 3

Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added

Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the

next two beads and back up that bead

Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through

that bead

ROW 4

This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x

cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads

and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two

stacks

Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3

beads and up through the 3 cylinder A

Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last

one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads

ROW 5

Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the

second one (dec) and back up the second bead

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 20: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by

passing down through the first bead and up through the second without

passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull

the thread the two will sit side-by-side

Poinsettia Earrings

Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads

ROW 6

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into

the last thread bridge

ROW 7

Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up

through the second bead

Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next

cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again

Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as

this will distort the shape

Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation

bead

Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat

rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row

beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck

one petal behind the other

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 21: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals

Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread

knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim

IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip

Poinsettia Earrings

Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and

through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 22: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Teresa

Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016

wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom

Poinsettia Earrings

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 23: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

Christmas Bracelet

120 Silver beads 3 mm

Needle

- size 10 (for method looming without loom)

- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread

size B Lobster Clasp chain

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 24: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

Method 1 Looming without loom

1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at

the first round (fig2)

2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the

first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)

3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first

beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do

this only with the first two beads each new row]

4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below

pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)

5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row

Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row

and then come back in the second (fig 6)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 25: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Bracelet

6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2

Method 2 Looming with bead loom

7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons

8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)

9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only

each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your

needle (fig 8)

10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7

11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the

strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue

Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one

Clasp loom

- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and

knit 4 rows with method looming without loom

(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your

bracelet (fig 9)

Sew both sides moving needle within the first row

of bracelet (fig 10)

Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the

seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads

and back under the same bead (fig11)

Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 26: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Liliana

Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials

wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom

Christmas Bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 27: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads

- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)

- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm

- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm

- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test

- Beading needle

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 28: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20

seed beads

2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat

Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead

added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)

3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next

row

4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working

thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass

back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in

the diagram)

5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you

work the last row with 1 bead

6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first

bead added

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of

your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond

8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a

single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your

diamond

9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds

Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 29: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass

through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond

with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)

Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making

sure the outer tips match

Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from

the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together

towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both

sides as in the photographs above

14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched

together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side

15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill

the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends

11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points

of the star

12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 30: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a

peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-

chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through

the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to

secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star

points For added sparkle you can repeat

Steps 16-17 on the back of the star

18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and

pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this

step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen

19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and

a seed bead at each of these five points

20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the

size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot

weave in tail end and trim

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 31: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Techniques

A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to

maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of

rows have been completed

Pass thread through and through again in the same direction

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

Peyote Stitch

Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread

and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row

plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1

blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead

and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the

base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them

In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two

rows

Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third

row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once

more

The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to

use in the tutorial

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 32: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Pam

Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years

httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk

Little Star Christmas

Ornament

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 33: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials for the blue and silver necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)

- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)

- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)

- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)

- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)

- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Materials for the green bronze and red necklace

- Fireline thread

- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)

- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)

- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)

- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)

- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)

- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)

- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)

- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)

- 1 Metal Clasp

- Needle size 12 ordm

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 34: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)

Glittering Stars

2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a

Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T

1A (Pic2)

3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times

End with 1T (Pic3)

4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass

through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A

and pass through the bottom hole of the next T

(Pic 4)

5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the

next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you

reach the end of the string (Pic 5)

6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again

through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)

7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)

8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 35: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)

Glittering Stars

13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the

bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)

10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)

11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and

the 3As after it (Pic11)

12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts

Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom

holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again

towards left through the upper T (Pic12)

14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards

left through the upper T (Pic14)

15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T

and the A after it (Pic15)

16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close

T (Pic16)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 36: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you

reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)

Glittering Stars

21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper

holes of the next T (Pic21)

18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of

the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B

which is under the SW and pass up through the SW

(Pic 18)

19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW

and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the

upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)

20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between

the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)

22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic22)

23 Start a new string passing through the bottom

holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through

the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)

24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of

the next close T (Pic24)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 37: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the

SW and the middle A after it

(marked with a ) (Pic25)

Glittering Stars

29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until

you reach the end of the string (Pic29)

26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first

added B (Pic26)

27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )

the SW and the B after it (Pic27)

28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)

30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add

3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp

and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T

Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim

Do the same on the other side of the necklace

(Pic30)

31 The finished necklace (Pic31)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 38: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

ZviaGil

My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls

I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads

httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil

Glittering Stars

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 39: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the

corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry

jingling at your wrists or ears

Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they

can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday

season special occasions or even as birthday gifts

So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas

Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these

delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings

by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays

by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings

Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors

and warmth

by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 40: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Jingle Your Jewelry

Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this

year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get

by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry

It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing

designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 41: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Width 175 with edging

Height 650 without loop

Columns 27

Rows 99

Bead Count 2673

Color Count 8

Stitch Loom

This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is

designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb

nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle

Instructions for loom are not included

Christmas Scent

Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads

for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 42: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 43: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 44: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 45: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 46: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 47: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 48: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Christmas Scent

Closure Loop

Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in

the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass

your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass

through the beads for extra strength Cast off

Closure

Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach

button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to

row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off

Edging

Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip

2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go

back up into the 2nd edge bead

Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into

next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads

added lies in front of this group you are going to add

Edging

Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides

of the bracelet

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 49: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Lorraine

For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools

wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery

Christmas Scent

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 50: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Materials

- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)

- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP

- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)

- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)

- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB

- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag

- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11

- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15

- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12

Snowflake Pendant

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 51: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 1

Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all

beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the

tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the

bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread

and exit from the top hole of this same bead

Snowflake Pendant

Round 2

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first

SD(a) added

Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same

bead

Round 3

Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11

more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first

SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup

Round 4

Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11

and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of

this round

At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start

pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the

beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-

dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a

Rondelle bead

Round 5

String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle

then string 3 R15 and place them upon

following R11 Repeat to complete the

round then repeat the thread path through

first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from

the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red

dot on picture below)

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 52: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Round 6

Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos

from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew

through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP

and pass through next SD(a)

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top

hole of first Superduo added

Round 7

String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path

and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added

Round 8

String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through

the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 53: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

String 2 R15 and sew

through next R11

Snowflake Pendant

String 5 R11 place them upon

next FP and then pass through

following R11

String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next

SD(a)

Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread

path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the

SD(b)

String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15

Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass

directly through following 3 R11

Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly

through next R15

String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11

[set upon next SD(b)]

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 54: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

Snowflake Pendant

Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)

Clasp loop

String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11

exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 55: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48

About the Author

Debora

Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry

Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones

Snowflake Pendant

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 56: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Making Jewelry with

Gemstone Beads

Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 57: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Convertible Crystal Jewelry

Reverse it Twist it Wear it

Many Ways

Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 58: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

200 Beading Tips

Techniques amp Trade Secrets

Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 59: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of

Rec

omm

end

ed R

ead

ings

Build Your Own Wire

Pendants

Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants

BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM

Page 60: Tap & Hold the screen to show the top bar · 3rd, combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the green seed bead tree made in Step 1; 4th, add a golden earring hook on top of